blob: 8e33d0244e5859cbae428761da6402d1b92be982 [file] [log] [blame]
JJCUBERdc831db2024-08-13 23:42:36 +02001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2024 Aug 13
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
182 mkdir ~/.vim/after
183 mkdir ~/.vim/after/syntax
184
1853. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
186 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
187 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
188
1894. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
190 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
191 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
192
193That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
194different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
195
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000196If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
197All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
199 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
200
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000201
202REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
203
204If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
205version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
206that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200207Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
208b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000209
210
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100211NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
212
213A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
214thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
215A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
216
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200217The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
218digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
219However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
220length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000221
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100222To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000223be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
224These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
225you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
226
227 *Comment any comment
228
229 *Constant any constant
230 String a string constant: "this is a string"
231 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
232 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
233 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
234 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
235
236 *Identifier any variable name
237 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
238
239 *Statement any statement
240 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
241 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
242 Label case, default, etc.
243 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
244 Keyword any other keyword
245 Exception try, catch, throw
246
247 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
248 Include preprocessor #include
249 Define preprocessor #define
250 Macro same as Define
251 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
252
253 *Type int, long, char, etc.
254 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
255 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
256 Typedef A typedef
257
258 *Special any special symbol
259 SpecialChar special character in a constant
260 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
261 Delimiter character that needs attention
262 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
263 Debug debugging statements
264
265 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
266
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200267 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000268
269 *Error any erroneous construct
270
271 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
272 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
273
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100274 *Added added line in a diff
275 *Changed changed line in a diff
276 *Removed removed line in a diff
277
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000278The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
279For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
280The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
281highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
282after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
283
284Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
285can be used for the same group.
286
287The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
288 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
289
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200290 *hl-Ignore*
291When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
292mechanism. See |conceal|.
293
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000294==============================================================================
2953. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
296
297This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
298issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
299located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
300
301":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
302
303 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
304 |
305 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
306 |
307 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
308 | |
309 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
310 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
311 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
312 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
313 | | set yet.
314 | |
315 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
316 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
317 | |
318 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
319 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
320 |
321 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
322 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
323 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
324 | |
325 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
326 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
327 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
328 | |
329 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
330 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
331 | | *synload-4*
332 | |
333 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
334 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
335 | |
336 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
337 |
338 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
339 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
340 |
341 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
342 already loaded buffer.
343
344
345Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
346
347 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
348 |
349 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
350 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
351 | option is set to the file type.
352 |
353 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
354 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
355 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
356 | |
357 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
358 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
359 | |
360 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
361 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
362 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
363 |
364 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
365 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
366 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
367 |
368 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
369 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
370 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
371 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
372 |
373 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
374 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
375 syntax.
376
377==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003784. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000379
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003802html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200381window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000382
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200383After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
384colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
385|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
386or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200387|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
388in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000390You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
391Source the script to convert the current file: >
392
393 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
394<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200395Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
396options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
397the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
398|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000399
400Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200401- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000402- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200403- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100404 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
405 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000406
407Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
408Unix shell: >
409 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
410<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200411 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
412To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
413command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
414and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
415
416 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
417 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
418 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
419<
420 *:TOhtml*
421:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
422 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200423 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
424 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
425 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
426 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200427
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200428 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
429 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
430 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
431 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
432 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
433 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
434 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
435 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200436
437 Examples: >
438
439 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
440 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
441 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
442<
443 *g:html_diff_one_file*
444Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200445When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
446page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4471, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200448Example: >
449
450 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
451<
452 *g:html_whole_filler*
453Default: 0.
454When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
455is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
456of inserted lines.
457When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
458not set.
459>
460 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
461<
462 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
463Default: 0.
464When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4652html.vim conversion process.
466When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
467but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
468files it can take a long time!
469Example: >
470
471 let g:html_no_progress = 1
472<
473You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
474run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
475moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
476
477 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
478<
479Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
480need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
481conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
482script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
483specifying each command separately.
484
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100485 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
486When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
487as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
488current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
489have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
490differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
491your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
492
493 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
494<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200495 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100496Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200497When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
498When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
499highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
500Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
501 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
502Force to omit the line numbers: >
503 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
504Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
505 :unlet g:html_number_lines
506<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100507 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200508Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
509When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
510inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
511takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
512pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
513view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200514(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200515javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
516For example: >
517
518 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
519 page.html#123 does the same
520
521 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
522 diff.html#42 does the same
523<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200524 *g:html_use_css*
525Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100526When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
527browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200528When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
529recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
530forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
531Example: >
532 :let g:html_use_css = 0
533<
534 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
535Default: 0.
536When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
537from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
538value of 'conceallevel'.
539When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
540|conceal|ed.
541
542Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
543included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
544 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
545 :setl conceallevel=0
546<
547 *g:html_ignore_folding*
548Default: 0.
549When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
550Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
551the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
552When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
553text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
554
555Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
556in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
557 zR
558 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
559<
560 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
561Default: 0.
562When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
563When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
564in Vim.
565
566Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
567regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
568
569This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
570>
571 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
572<
573 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
574Default: 0.
575When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
576Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
577open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
578'foldcolumn' setting.
579When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
580folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
581>
582 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
583<
584 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100585Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200586This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
587when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
588for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
589line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
590affected in this way as follows:
591 f: fold column
592 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
593 t: fold text
594 d: diff filler
595
596Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
597 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
598<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100599The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
600of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
601
602 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500603Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100604If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
605
606When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
607uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
608selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
609pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
610invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100611Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100612browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
613
614When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
615older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
616<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
617to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
618number of browsers, both old and new.
619
620When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
621generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
622Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
623the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
624standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200625
626 *g:html_no_invalid*
627Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100628When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
629not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
630element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
631in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
632paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
633invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
634<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
635remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200636
637 *g:html_hover_unfold*
638Default: 0.
639When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
640|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
641When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
642cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
643disabled javascript to view the folded text.
644
645Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
646feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
647normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
648they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
649>
650 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
651<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200652 *g:html_id_expr*
653Default: ""
654Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
655to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
656longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
657evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
658so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
659larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
660
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000661 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200662<
663To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
664
665 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
666<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100667Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200668evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
669windows.
670
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200671 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100672Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200673When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
674not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
675When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
676used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
677window.
678Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
679 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
680Explicitly disable wrapping: >
681 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
682Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
683 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
684<
685 *g:html_no_pre*
686Default: 0.
687When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
688tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
689characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
690When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
691used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
692references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
693text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
694old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
695the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
696>
697 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
698<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100699 *g:html_no_doc*
700Default: 0.
701When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
702<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
703define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
704settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
705
706
707 *g:html_no_links*
708Default: 0.
709Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
710
711 *g:html_no_modeline*
712Default: 0.
713Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
714
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200715 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100716Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
717 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
718 1 otherwise.
719When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200720number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100721When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200722are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
723allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
724the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
725indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
726
727Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
728 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
729<
730Force tabs to be expanded: >
731 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
732<
733 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
734It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
735|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
736
737If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
738for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
739'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
740set to match the chosen document encoding.
741
742Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
743|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
744wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
745encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
746below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
747
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100748Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200749the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
750
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
752 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
753
754 *g:html_use_encoding*
755Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
756To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
757name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
758something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
759webserver: >
760 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
761You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
762entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
763 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
764To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
765variable: >
766 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
767<
768 *g:html_encoding_override*
769Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
770 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
771This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
772specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
773list of conversions.
774
775This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
776pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
777
778Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
779 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
780<
781 *g:html_charset_override*
782Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
783 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
784 browser support.
785This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
786'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
787use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
788TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
789and UTF-32 instead, use: >
790 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
791
792Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
793compatibility problems with some major browsers.
794
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200795 *g:html_font*
796Default: "monospace"
797You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
798g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
799surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
800item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
801way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
802result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
803Examples: >
804
805 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
806 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
807
808 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
809 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
810<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200811 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
812Default: 0.
813When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
814When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
815>
816 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
817<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100818==============================================================================
8195. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
820
821 *b:current_syntax-variable*
822Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
823"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
824settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
825 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
826 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
827 :au BufReadPost * endif
828
829
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000830
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000831ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000832
833ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
834any value to the respective variable. Example: >
835 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
836To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
837 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
838
839Variable Highlight ~
840abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
841abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
842
843
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000844ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000845
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000846See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000847
848
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000849ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000850
851The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000852by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000853by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000854and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000855
856 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
857
858will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
859
860 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
861 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
862 ]]></script>
863
864See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
865
866
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000867APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000868
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100869The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
870version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000872
873 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000874ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
875 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000876
877Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
878doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
879startup vimrc: >
880 :let filetype_i = "asm"
881Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
882
883There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
884extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
885line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
886files are included:
887 asm GNU assembly (the default)
888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
892 masm Microsoft assembly (probably works for any 80x86)
893 nasm Netwide assembly
894 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
895 MMX)
896 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
897
898The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100899 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000900Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200902immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
903equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
904between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
905particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
906highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000907
908The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
909b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000910 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000911
912If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
913the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
914language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000915 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000916
917As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
918
919
920Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
921
922To enable a feature: >
923 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
924To disable a feature: >
925 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
926
927Variable Highlight ~
928nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
929 (parser dependent; not recommended)
930nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
931nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
932
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200933ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
934
935Configuration
936
937The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +0200938You can add them to your .vimrc.
939
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200940To enable TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200941 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
942<
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200943To enable Stylus for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200944 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
945<
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200946NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
947
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000948
h-east53753f62024-05-05 18:42:31 +0200949ASPPERL *ft-aspperl-syntax*
950ASPVBS *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000951
952*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
953hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
954using. For Perl script use: >
955 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
956 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
957For Visual Basic use: >
958 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
959 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
960
AvidSeeker3088ef02024-07-16 21:39:07 +0200961ASYMPTOTE *asy.vim* *ft-asy-syntax*
962
963By default, only basic Asymptote keywords are highlighted. To highlight
964extended geometry keywords: >
965
966 :let g:asy_syn_plain = 1
967
968and for highlighting keywords related to 3D constructions: >
969
970 :let g:asy_syn_three = 1
971
972By default, Asymptote-defined colors (e.g: lightblue) are highlighted. To
973highlight TeX-defined colors (e.g: BlueViolet) use: >
974
975 :let g:asy_syn_texcolors = 1
976
977or for Xorg colors (e.g: AliceBlue): >
978
979 :let g:asy_syn_x11colors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000980
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000981BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000982
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200983The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000984for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
985are supported.
986
987Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
988in ones |.vimrc|: >
989 let baan_code_stds=1
990
991*baan-folding*
992
993Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
994mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
995source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
996
997To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
998 let baan_fold=1
999Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
1000indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
1001considered equal to a tab). >
1002 let baan_fold_block=1
1003Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001004SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001005match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
1006 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001007Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001008the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
1009.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
1010 set foldminlines=5
1011 set foldnestmax=6
1012
1013
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001014BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001015
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001016Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001017which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
1018five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
1019otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1020Basic.
1021
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001022If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1023example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1024 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1025
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001026
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001027C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001028
1029A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001030(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001031 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001032 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1033To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001034 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001035Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001036
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001037An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1038 :set filetype=cpp
1039
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001040Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001041*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1042*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001043*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1044*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001045*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1046*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1047*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001048 ...except { and } in first column
1049 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1050 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001051*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1052 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001053*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001054*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001055*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1056*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001057*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001058 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001059*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1060*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1061*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1062*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
1063*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001064*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1065*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001066
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001067When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1068become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1069 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001070"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1071 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001072
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001073If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1074when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1075to a larger number: >
1076 :let c_minlines = 100
1077This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1078displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1079disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1080
1081When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1082works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1083you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1084
1085To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1086Example: >
1087 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1088 :function MyCadd()
1089 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1090 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1091 : hi link cMyItem Title
1092 :endfun
1093
1094ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1095"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1096not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1097highlighting: >
1098 :hi link cConstant NONE
1099
1100If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1101highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1102
1103If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001104in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001105~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001106 syn sync fromstart
1107 set foldmethod=syntax
1108
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001109CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001110
1111C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1112the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1113
1114By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1115of C or C++: >
1116 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1117
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001118
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001119CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001120
1121Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1122that are available. Additionally there is:
1123
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001124chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1125chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1126chill_minlines like c_minlines
1127
1128
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001129CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001130
1131ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1132If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1133 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1134This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1135"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1136file).
1137
1138You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1139 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1140Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1141 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1142This works immediately.
1143
1144
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001145CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1146
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001147 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1148
1149Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1150but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1151|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1152syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001153>
1154 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001155 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1156 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001157 \ }
1158<
1159Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1160
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001161There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1162this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1163dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001164
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001165By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1166"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1167namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001168
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001169
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001170 *g:clojure_fold*
1171
1172Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1173list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1174the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1175
1176
1177 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1178
1179Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1180reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001181>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001182 #_(defn foo [x]
1183 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001184<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001185Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1186(e.g. `#_#_`).
1187
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001188
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001189COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001190
1191COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1192development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1193versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1194add this line to your .vimrc: >
1195 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1196To disable it again, use this: >
1197 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1198
1199
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001200COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001201
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001202The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001203comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1204
1205 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1206
1207The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1208
1209
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001210CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1211
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001212Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001213
1214Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001215cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001216cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001217cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1218cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001219
1220
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001221CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001222
1223This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1224used.
1225
1226Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1227symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1228between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001229"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1230>
1231 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001232
1233For using tcsh: >
1234
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001235 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001236
1237Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1238tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001239will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001240"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1241variable.
1242
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001243CSV *ft-csv-syntax*
1244
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001245If you change the delimiter of a CSV file, its syntax highlighting will no
1246longer match the changed file content. You will need to unlet the following
1247variable: >
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001248
1249 :unlet b:csv_delimiter
1250
1251And afterwards save and reload the file: >
1252
1253 :w
1254 :e
1255
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001256Now the syntax engine should determine the newly changed CSV delimiter.
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001257
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001258
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001259CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001260
1261Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001262hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001263or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001264normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001265line to your .vimrc file: >
1266
1267 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1268
1269Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1270
1271 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1272
1273To disable these again, use this: >
1274
1275 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1276 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1277<
1278
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001279CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001280
1281Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1282doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1283startup vimrc: >
1284 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1285
1286
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001287DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1288
1289Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1290used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1291a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1292from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1293
1294More information about the language and its development environment at the
1295official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1296
1297dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1298type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1299and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1300framework.
1301
1302Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1303
1304https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1305
1306
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001307DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001308
1309Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001310according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001311https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1312To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1313 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1314Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1315To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1316 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1317g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001318
1319
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001320DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001321
1322The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1323there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1324
1325 :let diff_translations = 0
1326
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001327Also see |diff-slow|.
1328
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001329DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001330
1331The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1332provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1333the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1334versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1335uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1336line to your startup file: >
1337 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1338
1339
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001340DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001341DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1342DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001343
1344There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1345are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1346automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1347defaults to XML.
1348You can set the type manually: >
1349 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1350or: >
1351 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1352You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1353Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1354 :set filetype=docbksgml
1355or: >
1356 :set filetype=docbkxml
1357
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001358You can specify the DocBook version: >
1359 :let docbk_ver = 3
1360When not set 4 is used.
1361
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001362
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001363DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001364
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001365Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1366supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1367NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1368and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001369Select the version you want with the following line: >
1370
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001371 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001372
1373If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001374Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001375
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001376The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1377alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1378current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1379inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1380Stack Overflow -
1381
1382https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1383
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001384To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1385Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1386anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001387
1388 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1389
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001390If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1391block will be highlighted as an error.
1392
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001393There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001394"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1395is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001396
1397 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1398
1399If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1400
1401
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001402DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1403
1404Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001405(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1406idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001407
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001408There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1409explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1410Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001411 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1412or >
1413 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1414
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001415It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1416the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1417adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001418 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1419
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001420There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1421and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001422
1423Variable Default Effect ~
1424g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1425g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1426 doxygen comments.
1427
1428doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1429 and html_my_rendering underline.
1430
1431doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1432 colour highlighting.
1433
1434doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001435 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001436
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001437There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001438configuration.
1439
1440Highlight Effect ~
1441doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1442 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1443doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1444 \endlink from a \link section.
1445
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001446
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001447DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001448
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001449The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001450case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1451
1452 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1453
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001454The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001455this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1456
1457 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1458
1459before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1460Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1461'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1462Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1463highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001464delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001465
1466 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1467
1468The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1469
1470
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001471EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001472
1473While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001474syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1475highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001476highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1477
1478 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1479
1480Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1481
1482Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1483
1484 :let eiffel_strict=1
1485 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1486
1487Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1488five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1489"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1490
1491Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1492guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1493lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1494
1495If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1496"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1497
1498 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1499
1500instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1501
1502Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1503experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1504
1505 :let eiffel_ise=1
1506
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001507Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001508
1509 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1510
1511to your startup file.
1512
1513
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001514EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1515
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001516Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001517version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001518Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1519
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001520Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/ link seems dead) is
1521still necessary for developing applications for the DOS platform, which
1522Euphoria version 4 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001523
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001524The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1525
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001526 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1527 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1528
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001529To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001530auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1531add the following line to your startup file: >
1532
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001533 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001534
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001535< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001536
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001537 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1538
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001539Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001540specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1541file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1542filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1543Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001544
1545
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001546ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001547
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001548Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001549the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001550
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001551The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1552put the following line in your vimrc: >
1553
1554 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1555
1556To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1557
1558 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001559
1560
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001561ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1562
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001563Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1564maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001565
1566The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1567
1568 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1569
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001570Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001571specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1572file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1573filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1574Elixir.
1575
1576
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001577FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1578
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001579FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package which used to be available at
1580http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001581NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001582development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001583
1584Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1585syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1586editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1587start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1588'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1589(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1590and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1591
1592If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1593move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1594 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1595
1596
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001597FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001598
1599The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1600modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001601following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001602J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1603
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001604If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001605redefine the following syntax groups:
1606
1607 - formConditional
1608 - formNumber
1609 - formStatement
1610 - formHeaderStatement
1611 - formComment
1612 - formPreProc
1613 - formDirective
1614 - formType
1615 - formString
1616
1617Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1618directives per default in the same syntax group.
1619
1620A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001621header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001622this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1623
1624 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1625
1626The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001627gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001628conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1629
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001630Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1631should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1632the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1633
1634If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1635example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1636 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1637
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001638
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001639FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1640
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001641Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1642be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1643edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1644 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001645 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1646
1647
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001648FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001649
1650Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001651Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1652choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16532023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
165490, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1655respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001656items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001657
1658The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1659fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1660the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001661
1662Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001663Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001664syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1665
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001666When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001667form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001668 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001669in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1670source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001671 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1672in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1673
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001674If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1675extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1676file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1677will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1678on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001679
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001680When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001681source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001682fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
1683neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script attempts to
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001684determine which source form has been used by examining the file extension
1685using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and PathScale
1686compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08 for
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001687free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions because
1688different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works, then the
1689script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your file. If
1690no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed to be in
1691fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of cases.
1692In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line comments,
1693the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form. If that
1694happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the first five
1695columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload (:e!) the
1696file.
1697
1698Vendor extensions ~
1699Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1700script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1701created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1702characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1703with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001704 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001705placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1706
1707If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1708set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1709 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1710placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1711
1712To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1713intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1714command such as >
1715 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1716placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001717
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001718Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001719Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001720fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001721Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001722using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001723variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1724 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001725placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001726mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1727
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001728Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001729Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1730fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001731 :let fortran_fold=1
1732to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1733is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001734subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1735units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1736constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1737fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001738 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001739then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001740select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1741be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001742
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001743The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1744comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1745non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1746or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001747items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001748
1749Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001750Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1751strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001752because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1753
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001754For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001755|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001756
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001757FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1758
1759FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1760dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1761for how to select the correct dialect.
1762
1763Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1764
1765Variable Highlight ~
1766*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1767*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1768*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1769*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1770
1771
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001772
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001773FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001774
1775In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1776the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1777appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1778patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1779number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1780
1781For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1782as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1783
1784 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1785 \ set filetype=fvwm
1786
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001787GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001788
1789The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1790the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1791is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1792are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1793
1794 htmlString
1795 htmlValue
1796 htmlEndTag
1797 htmlTag
1798 htmlTagN
1799
1800Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1801java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1802group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1803correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1804to the contains clause.
1805
1806The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1807group to make them easier to see.
1808
1809
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001810GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001811
1812The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001813under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001814of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1815filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1816(see |filetype.txt|).
1817
1818
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001819HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001820
1821The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001822Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001823syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1824
1825If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1826light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1827 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1828To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1829add: >
1830 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1831To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1832 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1833And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1834 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1835If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1836your .vimrc: >
1837 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1838
1839The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1840directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001841directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1842operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001843as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1844 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1845
1846The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1847automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1848TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001849or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001850in your .vimrc >
1851 :let lhs_markup = none
1852for no highlighting at all, or >
1853 :let lhs_markup = tex
1854to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1855For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1856this variable, so e.g. >
1857 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001858will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001859set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1860loading a file.
1861
1862
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001863HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001864
1865The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1866
1867The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1868This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001869closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1870are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001871
1872Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1873names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1874makes it easy to spot errors
1875
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001876Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001877names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1878
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001879Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001880are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1881text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1882while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001883only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001884<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001885
1886If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1887following syntax groups:
1888
1889 - htmlBold
1890 - htmlBoldUnderline
1891 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1892 - htmlUnderline
1893 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1894 - htmlItalic
1895 - htmlTitle for titles
1896 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1897
1898To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1899of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1900following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1901are read during initialization) >
1902 :let html_my_rendering=1
1903
1904If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1905http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1906
1907You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1908vimrc file: >
1909 :let html_no_rendering=1
1910
Christian Brabandtdf9f67e2024-07-30 20:19:15 +02001911By default Vim synchronises the syntax to 250 lines before the first displayed
1912line. This can be configured using: >
1913 :let html_minlines = 500
1914<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001915HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1916details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1917However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001918ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001919 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1920
1921JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1922'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001923programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1924currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001925
1926Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1927
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001928There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1929written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001930following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1931(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001932>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001933 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1934 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1935
1936Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1937the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1938
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001939 *html-folding*
1940The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1941and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1942
1943 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1944 :set foldmethod=syntax
1945
1946Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1947especially for large files.
1948
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001949
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +02001950HTML/OS (BY AESTIVA) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001951
1952The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1953
1954Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1955doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1956this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1957different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1958 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1959
1960Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1961
1962Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1963signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1964a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1965 :set syntax=htmlos
1966
1967Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1968block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1969
1970
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001971IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001972
1973Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1974how to recognize this filetype.
1975
1976To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1977 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1978
1979
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001980INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001981
1982Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
1983most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
1984to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
1985 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
1986
1987By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
1988and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
1989you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
1990need to add this to your startup sequence: >
1991 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
1992
1993This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
1994set of highlighted system functions.
1995
1996The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
1997it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
1998by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
1999startup sequence: >
2000 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
2001
2002By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
2003version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
2004Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
2005startup sequence: >
2006 :let inform_highlight_old=1
2007
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002008IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
2009
2010IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
2011Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
2012
2013IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
2014rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002015repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002016
2017There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
2018are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
2019
2020The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
2021
2022Variable Effect ~
2023
2024idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
2025 extensions
2026idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
2027idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
2028 quite helpful)
2029idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
2030
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002031
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002032JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002033
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002034The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002035
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002036In Java 1.0.2, it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
2037flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1, this is possible (with anonymous
2038classes); and, therefore, is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
2039old way, put the following line into your Vim startup file: >
2040 :let g:java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002041
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002042All (exported) public types declared in `java.lang` are always automatically
2043imported and available as simple names. To highlight them, use: >
2044 :let g:java_highlight_java_lang_ids = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002045
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002046You can also highlight types of most standard Java packages if you download
2047the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html. If you
2048prefer to only highlight types of a certain package, say `java.io`, use the
2049following: >
2050 :let g:java_highlight_java_io = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002051Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2052
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002053Headers of indented function declarations can be highlighted (along with parts
2054of lambda expressions and method reference expressions), but it depends on how
2055you write Java code. Two formats are recognized:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002056
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +020020571) If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002058a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set one
2059of >
2060 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent"
2061 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent1"
2062 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent2"
2063 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent3"
2064 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent4"
2065 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent5"
2066 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent6"
2067 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent7"
2068 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent8"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002069Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002070
20712) However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and types
2072are supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is
2073any amount of indentation, you may want to set >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002074 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "style"
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002075
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002076In addition, you can combine any value of "g:java_highlight_functions" with >
2077 :let g:java_highlight_signature = 1
Aliaksei Budavei01a4fb12024-06-23 10:03:33 +02002078to have the name of a function with its parameter list parens distinctly
2079highlighted from its type parameters, return type, and formal parameters; and
2080to have the parameter list parens of a lambda expression with its arrow
2081distinctly highlighted from its formal parameters or identifiers.
2082
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002083If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want headers of
2084function declarations to be highlighted, modify the current syntax definitions
2085or compose new ones.
2086
2087Higher-order function types can be hard to parse by eye, so uniformly toning
2088down some of their components may be of value. Provided that such type names
2089conform to the Java naming guidelines, you may arrange it with >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002090 :let g:java_highlight_generics = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002091
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002092In Java 1.1, the functions `System.out.println()` and `System.err.println()`
2093should only be used for debugging. Consider adding the following definition
2094in your startup file: >
2095 :let g:java_highlight_debug = 1
2096to have the bulk of those statements colored as
2097 *Debug debugging statements,
2098and to make some of their own items further grouped and linked:
2099 *Special as DebugSpecial,
2100 *String as DebugString,
2101 *Boolean as DebugBoolean,
2102 *Type as DebugType,
2103which are used for special characters appearing in strings, strings proper,
2104boolean literals, and special instance references (`super`, `this`, `null`),
2105respectively.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002106
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002107Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2108creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002109similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add JavaScript and CSS
2110inside this code (see below). The HTML rendering diverges as follows:
2111 1. The first sentence (all characters up to the first period `.`, which is
2112 followed by a whitespace character or a line terminator, or up to the
2113 first block tag, e.g. `@param`, `@return`) is colored as
2114 *SpecialComment special comments.
2115 2. The text is colored as
2116 *Comment comments.
2117 3. HTML comments are colored as
2118 *Special special symbols.
2119 4. The standard Javadoc tags (`@code`, `@see`, etc.) are colored as
2120 *Special special symbols
2121 and some of their arguments are colored as
2122 *Function function names.
2123To turn this feature off, add the following line to your startup file: >
2124 :let g:java_ignore_javadoc = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002125
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002126If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above, you can
2127also turn on special highlighting for JavaScript, Visual Basic scripts, and
2128embedded CSS (stylesheets). This only makes sense if any of these languages
2129actually appear in Javadoc comments. The variables to use are >
2130 :let g:java_javascript = 1
2131 :let g:java_css = 1
2132 :let g:java_vb = 1
2133Note that these three variables are maintained in the HTML syntax file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002134
Aliaksei Budavei30a8ad62024-07-31 22:16:08 +02002135Numbers and strings can be recognized in non-Javadoc comments with >
2136 :let g:java_comment_strings = 1
2137
2138Trailing whitespace characters or a run of space characters before a tab
2139character can be marked as an error with >
2140 :let g:java_space_errors = 1
2141but either kind of an error can be suppressed by also defining one of >
2142 :let g:java_no_trail_space_error = 1
2143 :let g:java_no_tab_space_error = 1
2144
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002145In order to highlight nested parens with different colors, define colors for
2146`javaParen`, `javaParen1`, and `javaParen2`. For example, >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002147 :hi link javaParen Comment
2148or >
2149 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2150
2151If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002152when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "g:java_minlines" variable to
2153a larger number: >
2154 :let g:java_minlines = 50
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002155This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2156displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2157number is that redrawing can become slow.
2158
2159
JJCUBERdc831db2024-08-13 23:42:36 +02002160JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax* *g:vim_json_conceal*
2161 *g:vim_json_warnings*
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002162
2163The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2164default. To disable concealment: >
2165 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2166
2167To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2168 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2169
2170
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002171JQ *jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
2172
2173To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
2174 hi link jqNumber Normal
2175
2176If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
2177 let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
2178
2179
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002180LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002181
2182Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2183style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2184define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2185 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2186
2187
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002188LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002189
2190Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2191gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2192 :syn sync minlines=300
2193may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2194difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2195
2196
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002197LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2198
2199To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2200
2201 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2202<
2203
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002204LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2205
2206The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2207
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002208 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002209 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2210 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002211 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002212 of parenthesization will receive different
2213 highlighting.
2214<
2215The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2216the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2217colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2218specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002219usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002220highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2221
2222
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002223LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002224
2225There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2226
2227If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2228
2229 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2230
2231For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2232set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2233
2234 :let lite_minlines = 200
2235
2236
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002237LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002238
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002239LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002240file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2241users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2242should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2243
2244 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2245
2246If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002247modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002248
2249 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2250
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002251For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002252
2253 // vim:set ft=c:
2254
2255If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2256
2257There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002258used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002259and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002260assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002261you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2262
2263 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2264
2265For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2266
2267 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2268
2269For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2270
2271 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2272
2273For uLPC series of LPC:
2274uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2275instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2276
2277
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002278LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002279
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01002280The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0, 5.1 and 5.2 (5.2 is
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002281the default). You can select one of these versions using the global variables
2282lua_version and lua_subversion. For example, to activate Lua
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +020022835.1 syntax highlighting, set the variables like this: >
Bram Moolenaarfc1421e2006-04-20 22:17:20 +00002284
2285 :let lua_version = 5
2286 :let lua_subversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002287
2288
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002289MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002290
2291Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002292quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002293signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2294whitespaces and end with a newline.
2295
2296Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002297as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002298only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2299
2300By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002301displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002302with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2303
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002304 :let mail_minlines = 30
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002305
2306
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002307MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002308
2309In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2310errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2311feature off by using: >
2312
2313 :let make_no_commands = 1
2314
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002315Comments are also highlighted by default. You can turn this off by using: >
2316
2317 :let make_no_comments = 1
2318
2319Microsoft Makefile handles variable expansion and comments differently
2320(backslashes are not used for escape). If you see any wrong highlights
2321because of this, you can try this: >
2322
2323 :let make_microsoft = 1
2324
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002325
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002326MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002327
2328Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2329supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2330The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2331highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2332
2333 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2334
2335to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2336choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
23371, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2338$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2339
2340 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2341 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2342 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2343 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2344 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2345 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2346 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2347 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2348 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2349
2350
JJCUBERdc831db2024-08-13 23:42:36 +02002351MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax* *g:markdown_minlines*
2352 *g:markdown_fenced_languages* *g:markdown_syntax_conceal*
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002353
2354If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2355slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002356the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002357
2358 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2359
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002360If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2361documents you can enable like this: >
2362
2363 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2364
2365To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2366
2367 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2368
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002369
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002370MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002371
2372Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2373have the following in your .vimrc: >
2374
2375 let filetype_m = "mma"
2376
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002377MEDIAWIKI *ft-mediawiki-syntax*
2378
2379Be default, syntax highlighting includes basic HTML tags like style and
2380headers |html.vim|. For strict Mediawiki syntax highlighting: >
2381
2382 let g:html_no_rendering = 1
2383
2384If HTML highlighting is desired, terminal-based text formatting such as bold
2385and italic is possible by: >
2386
2387 let g:html_style_rendering = 1
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002388
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002389MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2390
2391Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2392dialect.
2393
2394The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2395
2396 taggedComment :=
2397 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2398 ;
2399
2400 dialectTag :=
2401 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2402 ;
2403
2404 reserved words
2405 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2406
2407A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2408lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2409additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2410
2411Example: >
2412
2413 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2414 ...
2415
2416Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2417dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2418defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2419
2420Example: >
2421
2422 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2423
2424
2425Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2426variables.
2427
2428Variable Highlight ~
2429*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2430*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2431*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2432
2433*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2434*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2435*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2436
2437*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2438
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002439MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002440
2441If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2442highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2443comments: >
2444
2445 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2446
2447To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2448
2449 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2450
2451To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2452'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2453
2454 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2455
2456Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2457
2458 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2459
2460To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2461
2462 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2463
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002464Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002465use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2466To enable this option: >
2467
2468 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2469
2470An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2471
2472 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2473
2474
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002475MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002476
2477There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2478
2479If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2480
2481 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2482
2483For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2484set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2485
2486 :let msql_minlines = 200
2487
2488
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002489N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2490
2491N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2492Couchbase Server databases.
2493
2494Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2495and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2496many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2497
2498
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002499NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002500
2501There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2502
2503If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2504errors, use this: >
2505
2506 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2507
2508If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2509
2510
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002511NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002512
2513The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2514activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2515can use them.
2516
2517For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002518processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002519features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2520|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002521
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002522 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002523
2524Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2525Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2526there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002527you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002528can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2529native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2530\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2531accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2532environments.
2533
2534In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2535follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2536
25371. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2538
25392. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2540 exclamation mark, etc.
2541
25423. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2543 carriage return.
2544
2545The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2546algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2547
2548Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2549furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2550vertical space input will be output as is.
2551
2552Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2553than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2554practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002555marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002556need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002557spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2558
2559 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2560
2561Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2562with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2563highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002564"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002565
2566 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2567 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2568 \ gui=reverse,bold
2569
2570If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2571with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2572file: >
2573
2574 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2575
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002576As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002577paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2578
2579Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2580groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2581
2582
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002583OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002584
2585The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2586.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2587
2588 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2589
2590you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2591by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2592
2593 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2594
2595prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2596contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2597
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002598PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2599
2600By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2601Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002602To do so, set the *g:filetype_md* var: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002603
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002604 :let g:filetype_md = 'pandoc'
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002605
2606The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2607
2608 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2609
2610To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2611
2612 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2613
2614This is a list of the rules wich can be used here:
2615
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002616 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002617 - image
2618 - block
2619 - subscript
2620 - superscript
2621 - strikeout
2622 - atx
2623 - codeblock_start
2624 - codeblock_delim
2625 - footnote
2626 - definition
2627 - list
2628 - newline
2629 - dashes
2630 - ellipses
2631 - quotes
2632 - inlinecode
2633 - inlinemath
2634
2635You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2636footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2637
2638 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2639
2640To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2641
2642 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2643
2644Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2645Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2646and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2647
2648 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2649
2650Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2651specified. Default = 1 >
2652
2653 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2654
2655For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds. This is a
2656list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't match, you
2657can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
2658
2659 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2660
2661To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2662
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002663 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002664
2665"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2666you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2667
2668To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2669
2670 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2671
2672Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2673Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2674
2675 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2676
2677The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2678
2679 :PandocHighlight LANG
2680
2681Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2682syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2683
2684 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2685
2686Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002687
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002688PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002689
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002690The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002691and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002692as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2693sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002694you set the variable: >
2695
2696 :let papp_include_html=1
2697
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002698in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002699sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002700edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002701
2702The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2703http://papp.plan9.de.
2704
2705
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002706PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002707
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002708Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2709could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2710or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002711
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002712 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2713 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002714
2715The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2716provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002717Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002718enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2719following line to your startup file: >
2720
2721 :let pascal_traditional=1
2722
2723To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2724keywords, etc): >
2725
2726 :let pascal_delphi=1
2727
2728
2729The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2730*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2731operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2732
2733 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2734
2735Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2736
2737 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2738
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002739Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002740pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2741match Turbo Pascal. >
2742
2743 :let pascal_gpc=1
2744
2745or >
2746
2747 :let pascal_fpc=1
2748
2749To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2750pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2751
2752 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2753
2754If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2755will be highlighted as Error. >
2756
2757 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2758
2759
2760
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002761PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002762
2763There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2764
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002765Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2766to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2767files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002768
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002769 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002770
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002771To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002772off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002773
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002774To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2775from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002776
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002777 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002778
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002779(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2780enabled it.)
2781
2782If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2783
2784 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2785
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002786(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002787
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002788The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2789be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002790perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2791
2792 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2793 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2794 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2795
2796(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2797
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002798The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002799synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2800If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002801then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2802you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002803
2804One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2805
2806 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2807 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2808
2809Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2810its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2811
2812 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2813
2814If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2815
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002816 :let perl_fold = 1
2817
2818If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2819
2820 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002821
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002822Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2823this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002824
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002825 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002826
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002827Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2828via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002829
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002830 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2831
2832Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2833behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2834
2835 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002836
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002837PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002838
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002839[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002840it has been renamed to "php"]
2841
2842There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2843
2844If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2845
2846 let php_sql_query = 1
2847
2848For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2849
2850 let php_baselib = 1
2851
2852Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2853
2854 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2855
2856Using the old colorstyle: >
2857
2858 let php_oldStyle = 1
2859
2860Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2861
2862 let php_asp_tags = 1
2863
2864Disable short tags: >
2865
2866 let php_noShortTags = 1
2867
2868For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2869
2870 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2871
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002872For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002873one: >
2874
2875 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2876
2877Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2878
2879 let php_folding = 1
2880
2881Selecting syncing method: >
2882
2883 let php_sync_method = x
2884
2885x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2886x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2887x = 0 to sync from start.
2888
2889
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002890PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2891
2892TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2893variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002894see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002895
2896This syntax file has the option >
2897
2898 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2899
2900if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2901
2902
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002903PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002904
2905PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
2906
2907This syntax file has the options:
2908
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002909- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002910 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002911
2912 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002913 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002914
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002915 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002916 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002917 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002918
2919 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
2920
2921- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
2922 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
2923
2924
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002925PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002926
2927There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
2928
2929If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2930
2931 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
2932
2933For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2934set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2935
2936 :let phtml_minlines = 200
2937
2938
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002939POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002940
2941There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
2942
2943First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
2944currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
2945and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
2946Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
2947extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
2948level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
2949highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
2950
2951 :let postscr_level=2
2952
2953If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
2954the most prevalent version currently.
2955
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002956Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002957particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
2958PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
2959
2960If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
2961Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
2962follows: >
2963
2964 :let postscr_display=1
2965
2966If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
2967Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
2968postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
2969
2970 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
2971
2972PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
2973useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
2974cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
2975character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
2976explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
2977highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
2978
2979 :let postscr_fonts=1
2980 :let postscr_encodings=1
2981
2982There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
2983PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
2984operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
2985if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
2986operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
2987or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
2988highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
2989postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
2990
2991 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
2992<
2993
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002994 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
2995PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002996
2997This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
2998
2999In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
3000the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
3001appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
3002patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
3003"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
3004
3005For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
3006files, add the following: >
3007
3008 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
3009 \ set filetype=ptcap
3010
3011If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
3012are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
3013internal variable to a larger number: >
3014
3015 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
3016
3017(The default is 20 lines.)
3018
3019
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003020PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003021
3022Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
3023doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
3024startup vimrc: >
3025 :let filetype_w = "progress"
3026The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
3027Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
3028 :let filetype_i = "progress"
3029 :let filetype_p = "progress"
3030
3031
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003032PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003033
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003034There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003035
3036For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003037 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003038
3039For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003040 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003041
3042For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003043 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
3044
3045For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
3046 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
3047or >
3048 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003049The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003050
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02003051For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003052 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003053
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09003054If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003055 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003056This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
3057unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003058
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003059If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
3060you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003061Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
3062 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003063This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
3064
3065Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
3066 You can replace 1 above with anything.
3067
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003068
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003069QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003070
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003071The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
3072based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
3073between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
3074definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
3075to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
3076be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003077
3078set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
3079 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
3080
3081set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
3082 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
3083
3084set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
3085 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
3086
3087Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
3088commands than are actually available to you by the game.
3089
3090
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003091R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
3092
3093The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
3094can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
3095 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
3096
3097You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
3098 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
3099
3100enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
3101braces: >
3102 let r_syntax_folding = 1
3103
3104and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
3105 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
3106
3107
3108R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
3109
3110To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
3111 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
3112
3113To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3114 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3115
3116To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3117 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3118
3119By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003120language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3121highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3122is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3123behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3124and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3125 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3126 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3127 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3128 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3129 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3130
3131If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3132list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3133the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003134 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3135
3136
3137R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3138
3139To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3140 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3141
3142
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003143RASI *rasi.vim* *ft-rasi-syntax*
3144
3145Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
Christian Brabandtf3dd6f62024-05-31 12:26:12 +02003146rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003147inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are recognized
3148as rasi files: .rasi.
3149
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003150READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003151
3152The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003153few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003154items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3155command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3156 let readline_has_bash = 1
3157
3158This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3159later, and part earlier) adds.
3160
3161
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003162REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3163
3164Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3165language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3166the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3167
3168
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003169RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3170
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003171Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3172select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3173syntax list.
3174
3175To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003176 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003177
3178To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3179`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3180 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003181 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3182 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003183 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003184 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003185
3186To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3187 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3188
3189To enable folding of sections: >
3190 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3191
3192Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3193
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003194
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003195REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003196
3197If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3198when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3199to a larger number: >
3200 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3201This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3202displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3203number is that redrawing can become slow.
3204
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003205Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3206comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3207your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3208>
3209 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3210
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003211
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003212RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003213
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003214 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3215 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3216 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3217 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3218 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3219
3220 *ruby_operators*
3221 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3222
3223Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3224
3225 :let ruby_operators = 1
3226<
3227 *ruby_space_errors*
3228 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3229
3230Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3231
3232 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3233<
3234This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3235as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3236"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3237spaces respectively.
3238
3239 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3240 Ruby: Folding ~
3241
3242Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3243
3244 :let ruby_fold = 1
3245<
3246This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3247buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3248filetypes.
3249
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003250Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3251"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3252
3253You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3254
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003255 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003256<
3257The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3258
3259 keyword meaning ~
3260 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3261 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3262 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003263 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003264 def "def" block
3265 class "class" block
3266 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003267 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003268 begin "begin" block
3269 case "case" block
3270 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003271 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3272 [ Array literal
3273 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3274 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003275 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003276 : Symbol
3277 # Multiline comment
3278 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003279 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3280
3281 *ruby_no_expensive*
3282 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003283
3284By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003285of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003286experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3287you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003288
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003289 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003290<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003291In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3292
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003293 *ruby_minlines*
3294
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003295If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3296scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3297the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003298
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003299 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003300<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003301Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3302largest class or module.
3303
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003304 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3305 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003306
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003307Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3308"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003309
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003310 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003311<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003312
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003313SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003314
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003315By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003316
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003317scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3318Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003319
3320
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003321SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003322
3323The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3324of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3325
3326The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3327case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003328used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003329highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3330 :let sdl_2000=1
3331
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003332This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003333keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3334 :let SDL_no_96=1
3335
3336
3337The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3338satisfied with it for my own projects.
3339
3340
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003341SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003342
3343To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003344highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003345
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003346 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3347<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003348in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3349inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3350by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3351also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3352you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3353
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003354GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3355comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3356comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3357
3358 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3359<
3360Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3361not (yet) affected by this setting.
3362
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003363Bugs:
3364
3365 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3366 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3367 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3368 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3369 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3370 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3371
3372
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003373SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003374
3375The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3376
3377The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3378This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3379closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3380defined for you)
3381
3382Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3383names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3384
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003385Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003386names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3387
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003388Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003389are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3390text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3391<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3392
3393If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3394following syntax groups:
3395
3396 - sgmlBold
3397 - sgmlBoldItalic
3398 - sgmlUnderline
3399 - sgmlItalic
3400 - sgmlLink for links
3401
3402To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3403following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3404are read during initialization) >
3405 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3406
3407You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3408vimrc file: >
3409 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3410
3411(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3412
3413
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003414 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003415SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003416
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003417This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3418shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003419
3420Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003421various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003422
3423 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3424 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3425<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003426See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3427cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3428/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3429that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3430shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
3431symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (Posix).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003432
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003433One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003434variables in your <.vimrc>:
3435
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003436 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003437 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003438< posix: (using this is nearly the same as setting g:is_kornshell to 1) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003439 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003440< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003441 let g:is_bash = 1
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003442< sh: (default) Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003443 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003444
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003445< (dash users should use posix)
3446
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003447If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3448default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003449the Bourne shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
3450statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003451sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003452
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003453The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3454
3455 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3456 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3457 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3458 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003459>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003460then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003461syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3462to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003463
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003464 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3465
3466If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3467when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003468to a larger number. Example: >
3469
3470 let sh_minlines = 500
3471
3472This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3473displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3474number is that redrawing can become slow.
3475
3476If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3477reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3478
3479 let sh_maxlines = 100
3480<
3481The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3482speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3483
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003484syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003485unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003486for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3487the following line in your .vimrc: >
3488
3489 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3490<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003491
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003492 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3493 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003494
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003495You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3496Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3497file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3498
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003499 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003500 " ==============
3501 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3502 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3503 unlet b:current_syntax
3504 endif
3505 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3506 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3507 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3508 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3509 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3510<
3511This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3512 awk '...awk code here...'
3513be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3514extended to other languages.
3515
3516
3517SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3518(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003519
3520The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3521
3522- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3523 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3524 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3525
3526- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3527 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003528 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003529 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3530 them in the syntax file.
3531
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003532- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003533 highlighting of # style comments.
3534
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003535 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003536 number of #s.
3537
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003538 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003539 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003540
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003541 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003542 more than one #.
3543
3544Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003545PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003546fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3547the syntax file.
3548
3549
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003550SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3551 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003552 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003553
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003554While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3555custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3556SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003557
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003558Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3559scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3560supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3561buffer by buffer basis.
3562
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003563For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003564
3565
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003566SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3567
3568Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3569designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3570bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3571with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3572
3573
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003574TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003575
3576This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3577for how the filetype is detected.
3578
3579Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003580is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3581add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003582
3583 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3584
3585If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3586when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3587to a larger number: >
3588
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003589 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003590
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003591This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3592displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3593synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3594tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3595redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003596
3597
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003598TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003599 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003600
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003601 Tex Contents~
3602 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3603 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3604 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3605 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3606 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3607 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3608 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3609 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3610 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3611 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3612 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3613 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3614 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003615 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003616 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003617
3618 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003619 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003620
3621As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3622sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3623 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3624in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3625modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3626 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003627If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003628 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003629<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003630 *g:tex_nospell*
3631 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3632
3633If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3634 let g:tex_nospell=1
3635into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3636comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3637
3638 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003639 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003640
3641Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3642prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3643this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3644 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003645If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3646see |g:tex_nospell|.
3647
3648 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003649 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003650
3651Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3652one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3653want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3654 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003655<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003656 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003657 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003658
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003659The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3660highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3661texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3662terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3663as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003664special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3665 %stopzone
3666which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3667texMathZone.
3668
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003669 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003670 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003671
3672If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3673 :syn sync maxlines=200
3674 :syn sync minlines=50
3675(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003676increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003677if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3678
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003679Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3680|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3681
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003682 *g:tex_fast*
3683
3684Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3685
3686 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3687
3688in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3689highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3690synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3691price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3692folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3693
3694You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3695selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3696
3697 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3698 c : allow texComment syntax
3699 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3700 M : allow texMath syntax
3701 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3702 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3703 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3704 S : allow texStyle syntax
3705 v : allow verbatim syntax
3706 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3707<
3708As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3709but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003710(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003711
3712 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003713 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003714
3715LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3716of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3717package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3718it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3719techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003720by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3721which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3722http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003723
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003724I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3725
3726 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3727<
3728The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3729
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003730 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003731 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003732
3733The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3734although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3735errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3736you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003737 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003738and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003739
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003740 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003741 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003742
3743If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3744code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003745 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3746You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3747(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3748As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3749 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3750You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3751and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3752The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3753has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003754
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003755 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003756 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003757
3758One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3759commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3760following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3761such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3762
3763 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3764 :set ft=tex
3765
3766Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3767always accept such use of @.
3768
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003769 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003770 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003771
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003772If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3773number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3774including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3775superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3776superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3777In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3778
3779One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3780with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003781
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003782 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003783 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3784
3785You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003786<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3787for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003788
3789 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003790 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003791 d = delimiters
3792 m = math symbols
3793 g = Greek
3794 s = superscripts/subscripts
3795<
3796By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3797substitution will not be made.
3798
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003799 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3800 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3801
3802Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3803keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3804syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3805
3806 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3807 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3808 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003809 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003810 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3811 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3812 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003813 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003814
3815 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3816 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3817
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003818 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3819 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3820
3821 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3822
3823 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3824 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3825
3826 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3827 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3828 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3829 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3830
3831 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3832 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3833<
3834 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3835 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3836 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3837< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3838 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3839
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003840 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3841 Tex: Match Check Control~
3842
3843 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003844 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3845 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003846 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3847 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3848 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3849< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3850 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3851 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3852< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3853 regions, >
3854 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3855< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003856
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003857TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003858
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003859There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3860
3861For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3862set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3863
3864 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3865<
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003866TYPESCRIPT *typescript.vim* *ft-typescript-syntax*
3867 *typescriptreact.vim* *ft-typescriptreact-syntax*
3868
3869There is one option to control the TypeScript syntax highlighting.
3870
3871 *g:typescript_host_keyword*
3872When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
3873are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
3874
3875 let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
3876<
3877The default value is 1.
3878
Gregory Anders1cc4cae2024-07-15 20:00:48 +02003879TYPST *ft-typst-syntax*
3880
3881 *g:typst_embedded_languages*
3882Typst files can embed syntax highlighting for other languages by setting the
3883|g:typst_embedded_languages| variable. This variable is a list of language
3884names whose syntax definitions will be included in Typst files. Example: >
3885
3886 let g:typst_embedded_languages = ['python', 'r']
3887
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003888VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3889 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003890There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003891updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3892g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3893improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003894
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003895 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3896 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3897<
3898 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3899 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003900
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003901 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3902The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3903embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003904
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01003905 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003906 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded Lua
3907 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded MzScheme
3908 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded Perl
3909 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded Python
3910 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded Ruby
3911 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded Tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003912<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02003913By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003914itself supports. Concatenate the indicated characters to support multiple
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003915types of embedded interpreters (e.g., g:vimsyn_embed = "mp" supports embedded
3916mzscheme and embedded perl).
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003917 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003918Some folding is now supported with when 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003919
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003920 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
3921 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : augroups
3922 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02003923 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
3924 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9-script legacy headers
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003925 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold Lua script
3926 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold MzScheme script
3927 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold Perl script
3928 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold Python script
3929 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold Ruby script
3930 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold Tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02003931<
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003932
3933By default, g:vimsyn_folding is unset. Concatenate the indicated characters
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003934to support folding of multiple syntax constructs (e.g.,
3935g:vimsyn_folding = "fh" will enable folding of both functions and heredocs).
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02003936
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10003937 *g:vimsyn_comment_strings*
3938By default, strings are highlighted inside comments. This may be disabled by
3939setting g:vimsyn_comment_strings to false.
3940
3941 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01003942Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
3943is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003944highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003945
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003946 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
3947<
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00003948
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003949
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00003950WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
3951
3952The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
3953with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
3954bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
3955https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
3956
3957
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003958XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003959
3960The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
3961variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
3962You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
3963xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
3964your .vimrc. Example: >
3965 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
3966When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
3967
3968Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
3969"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
3970highlighted.
3971
3972
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003973XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003974
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003975Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003976setting a global variable: >
3977
3978 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
3979<
3980 *xml-folding*
3981The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003982start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003983
3984 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
3985 :set foldmethod=syntax
3986
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003987Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003988especially for large files.
3989
3990
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003991X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003992
3993xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
3994XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
3995you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
3996
3997To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
3998somewhere else with "P".
3999
4000Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
4001 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00004002 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004003 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00004004 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
4005 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004006 :endfunction
4007 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
4008 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
4009This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
4010It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
4011must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
4012
4013It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
4014 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
4015
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004016
4017YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
4018
4019 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004020A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
4021non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
4022plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
4023and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
4024integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004025will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
4026
4027Schema Description ~
4028failsafe No additional highlighting.
4029json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
4030core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004031pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
4032 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
4033 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004034 schema.
4035
4036Default schema is `core`.
4037
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004038Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
4039only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004040difference defined in the syntax file.
4041
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01004042
4043ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
4044
4045The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
4046
4047 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
4048
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004049==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010040506. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004051
4052Vim understands three types of syntax items:
4053
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040541. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01004055 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
4056 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
4057 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
4058 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
4059 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
4060 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004061
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040622. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004063 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
4064
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000040653. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004066 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
4067 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
4068 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
4069
4070Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
4071you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
4072to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
4073and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
4074"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
4075one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
4076This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
4077each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
4078for a lot of groups.
4079
4080Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
4081group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
4082for the syntax group with the same name.
4083
4084In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
4085defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
4086using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
4087match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
4088keyword with ignoring case.
4089
4090
4091PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
4092
4093When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
4094
40951. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
4096 defined last has priority.
40972. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
40983. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
4099 start in later positions.
4100
4101
4102DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
4103
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004104:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004105 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
4106 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
4107 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
4108 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
4109
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004110:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004111 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004112
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004113
4114DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
4115
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004116:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
4117:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004118 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
4119 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
4120
4121 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
4122 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
4123
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004124 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004125 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
4126 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
4127 may close and open horizontally within a line.
4128
4129:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004130 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
4131 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004132
4133 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4134
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004135SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
4136
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004137:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
4138:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
4139:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004140 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
4141 in a syntax item:
4142
4143 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
4144 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
4145 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
4146
4147 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
4148 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4149 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4150
4151 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4152
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004153:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004154 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4155 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004156
4157
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004158SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4159
4160:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4161 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4162 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4163
4164 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4165 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004166 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004167
4168 Example: >
4169 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4170<
4171 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4172 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4173 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4174
4175 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4176
4177 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004178 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004179 match.
4180
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004181 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4182 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004183 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004184
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004185DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4186
4187:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4188
4189 This defines a number of keywords.
4190
4191 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4192 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4193 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4194
4195 Example: >
4196 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4197<
4198 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4199 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4200 These examples do exactly the same: >
4201 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4202 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4203 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004204< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004205 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4206 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4207 variations at once: >
4208 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4209<
4210 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4211 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4212 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4213 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4214 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004215 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004216
4217 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4218 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4219 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4220
4221 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4222 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4223 instead.
4224
4225 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4226
4227 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4228 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4229 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004230 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004231 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4232 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4233< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4234 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4235 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4236
4237
4238DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4239
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004240:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4241 [excludenl]
4242 [keepend]
4243 {pattern}
4244 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004245
4246 This defines one match.
4247
4248 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4249 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4250 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4251 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4252 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004253 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4254 match with the end pattern. See
4255 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004256 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4257 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4258 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4259 line, which makes the match depend on where
4260 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4261 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4262
4263 Example (match a character constant): >
4264 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4265<
4266
4267DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4268 *E398* *E399*
4269:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4270 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4271 [keepend]
4272 [extend]
4273 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004274 start={start-pattern} ..
4275 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4276 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004277 [{options}]
4278
4279 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4280
4281 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4282 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4283 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4284 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4285 for the text in between the matched start and
4286 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4287 a different group for the start or end match.
4288 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4289 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4290 match with the end pattern. See
4291 |:syn-keepend|.
4292 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004293 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004294 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4295 extend a containing match or item. Only
4296 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4297 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004298 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004299 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004300 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004301 the region where not to look for the end
4302 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004303 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004304 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4305
4306 Example: >
4307 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4308<
4309 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4310 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4311 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4312 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4313 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4314 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4315
4316 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4317 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4318 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4319 the end patterns.
4320
4321 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4322 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4323 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4324
4325 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4326 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4327 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4328 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4329
4330 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4331 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4332 work: >
4333 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4334 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4335< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4336 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4337 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4338 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4339 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4340< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4341 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4342
4343 *:syn-keepend*
4344 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4345 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4346 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4347 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4348 { starts outer "{}" region
4349 { starts contained "{}" region
4350 } ends contained "{}" region
4351 } ends outer "{} region
4352 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4353 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4354 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4355 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4356 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4357 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4358 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4359< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4360 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4361
4362 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4363 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4364 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4365 contained matches.
4366 *:syn-extend*
4367 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4368 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4369 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4370 extended.
4371 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4372 others don't. Example: >
4373
4374 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4375 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4376 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4377
4378< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4379 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4380 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4381
4382 Another example: >
4383 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4384< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4385 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4386 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4387 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4388 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4389
4390 *:syn-excludenl*
4391 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4392 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4393 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4394 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4395 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4396 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4397 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4398 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4399 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4400 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4401 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4402 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4403 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4404
4405 *:syn-matchgroup*
4406 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4407 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4408 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4409< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4410 between with the "String" group.
4411 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4412 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4413 using a matchgroup.
4414
4415 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4416 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4417 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4418 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4419 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4420
4421 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4422 different colors: >
4423 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4424 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4425 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4426 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4427 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4428 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004429<
4430 *E849*
4431The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004432
4433==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010044347. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004435
4436The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4437The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4438and may be mixed with patterns.
4439
4440Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4441can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004442 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004443 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4444:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4445:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4446:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004447
4448These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004449 conceal
4450 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004451 contained
4452 containedin
4453 nextgroup
4454 transparent
4455 skipwhite
4456 skipnl
4457 skipempty
4458
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004459conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4460
4461When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004462Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004463'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4464concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4465edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004466
4467Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4468bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004469
4470concealends *:syn-concealends*
4471
4472When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4473the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4474Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4475'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004476in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4477|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4478items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004479
4480cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004481 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004482The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4483when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4484argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004485character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4486a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004487 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004488See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004489
4490contained *:syn-contained*
4491
4492When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4493the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4494another match. Example: >
4495 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4496 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4497
4498
4499display *:syn-display*
4500
4501If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4502detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4503by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4504to be displayed.
4505
4506Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4507conditions:
4508- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4509 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4510 line.
4511- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4512 make it continue on the next line.
4513- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4514 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4515 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4516- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4517 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4518 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4519 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4520
4521Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4522- match with a number
4523- match with a label
4524
4525
4526transparent *:syn-transparent*
4527
4528If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4529itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4530is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4531only to skip over a part of the text.
4532
4533The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4534unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4535avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4536highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4537 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4538 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4539 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4540 :hi link myString String
4541 :hi link myWord Comment
4542Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4543match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4544argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4545it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4546out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004547"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004548happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4549position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4550
4551When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4552items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4553see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4554through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4555
4556 look from here
4557
4558 | | | | | |
4559 V V V V V V
4560
4561 xxxx yyy more contained items
4562 .................... contained item (transparent)
4563 ============================= first item
4564
4565The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4566transparent group.
4567
4568What you see is:
4569
4570 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4571
4572Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4573
4574
4575oneline *:syn-oneline*
4576
4577The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4578boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4579region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4580the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4581continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4582line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4583
4584When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4585pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4586end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4587means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4588be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4589line break.
4590
4591
4592fold *:syn-fold*
4593
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004594The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004595Example: >
4596 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4597 :syn sync fromstart
4598 :set foldmethod=syntax
4599This will make each {} block form one fold.
4600
4601The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4602ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4603The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004604See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4605from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004606{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4607
4608
4609 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004610contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004611
4612The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4613groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4614containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4615regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4616this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4617here.
4618
4619contains=ALL
4620 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4621 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4622
4623contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4624 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4625 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4626 are listed. Example: >
4627 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4628
4629contains=TOP
4630 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4631 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4632 argument.
4633contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4634 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4635
4636contains=CONTAINED
4637 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4638 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4639 argument.
4640contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4641 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4642 listed.
4643
4644
4645The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4646that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4647The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4648 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4649The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4650that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4651command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4652syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4653the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4654group names.
4655
4656The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4657region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4658|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4659region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4660area that is highlighted
4661
4662
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004663containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004664
4665The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4666item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4667containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4668
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004669The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004670
4671This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4672be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4673of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4674the C syntax: >
4675 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4676Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4677level.
4678
4679Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4680appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4681keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4682work.
4683
4684
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004685nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004686
4687The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4688separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4689
4690If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4691tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4692a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4693will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4694current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4695other groups. Example: >
4696 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4697 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4698 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4699
4700This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4701"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4702highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4703
4704 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4705 fff bbb fff bbb
4706
4707Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4708when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4709highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4710would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4711
4712
4713skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4714skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4715skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4716
4717These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4718used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004719 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004720 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4721 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4722
4723When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4724next group that matches the white space.
4725
4726When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4727line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4728line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4729the current item in the same line.
4730
4731When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4732groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4733for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4734space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4735
4736Example: >
4737 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4738 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4739 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4740Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4741match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4742precedence.
4743Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4744"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4745example).
4746
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004747IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4748
4749:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4750 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4751 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4752 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4753 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4754 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4755 given explicitly.
4756
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004757:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004758 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004759
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004760==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010047618. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004762
4763In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4764characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4765use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4766use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4767 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4768 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4769
4770See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004771always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004772value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4773not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4774independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4775
4776Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4777This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4778
4779 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4780The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4781change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4782match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4783are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4784pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4785
4786The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4787The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4788
4789ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4790me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4791hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4792he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4793rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4794re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4795lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4796
4797The {offset} can be:
4798
4799s start of the matched pattern
4800s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4801s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4802e end of the matched pattern
4803e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4804e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004805{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004806
4807Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4808
4809Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4810meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4811
4812 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4813match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4814region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4815region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4816region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4817
4818Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4819 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4820<
4821 some "string" text
4822 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4823
4824Notes:
4825- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4826 offset(s).
4827- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4828- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4829 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004830- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004831 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004832 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004833- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4834 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4835 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4836
4837Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4838 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4839<
4840 /* this is a comment */
4841 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4842
4843A more complicated Example: >
4844 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4845<
4846 abcfoostringbarabc
4847 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004848 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004849
4850Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4851
4852Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4853with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004854in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004855
4856The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4857be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4858cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4859characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4860used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4861specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4862
4863 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4864 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4865 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4866<
4867 ___zzzz ___wwww
4868 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4869 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4870 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4871
4872The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4873unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4874
4875
4876Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4877
4878The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4879expected, but there are a few exceptions.
4880
4881When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
4882allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004883following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
4884the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004885
4886The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
4887continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
4888matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
4889halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
4890previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
4891is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
4892 x x a
4893 b x x
4894Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
4895after the "\n".
4896
4897
4898External matches *:syn-ext-match*
4899
4900These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
4901
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02004902 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01004903 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
4904 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
4905 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004906
4907 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
4908 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
4909 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
4910 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
4911
4912Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
4913sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
4914shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
4915items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
4916referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
4917example, for instance, can be done like this: >
4918 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
4919
4920As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
4921it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01004922changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004923first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
4924also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00004925 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004926
4927Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
4928indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
4929to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
4930Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
4931within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
4932sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
4933the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
4934
4935Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
4936cannot be referred to.
4937
4938==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010049399. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004940
4941:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
4942 [add={group-name}..]
4943 [remove={group-name}..]
4944
4945This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
4946single name.
4947
4948 contains={group-name}..
4949 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
4950 add={group-name}..
4951 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
4952 remove={group-name}..
4953 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
4954
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004955A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
4956nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
4957this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004958
4959Example: >
4960 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
4961 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
4962
4963As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
4964retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
4965to speak: >
4966 :syntax keyword A aaa
4967 :syntax keyword B bbb
4968 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
4969 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
4970 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
4971
4972This also has implications for nested clusters: >
4973 :syntax keyword A aaa
4974 :syntax keyword B bbb
4975 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
4976 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
4977 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
4978 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
4979 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004980<
4981 *E848*
4982The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004983
4984==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100498510. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004986
4987It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
4988a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
4989two different ways:
4990
4991 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
4992 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
4993 the |:runtime| command: >
4994
4995 " In cpp.vim:
4996 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
4997 :unlet b:current_syntax
4998
4999< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
5000 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
5001 ":syntax include" command:
5002
5003:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
5004
5005 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
5006 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
5007 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
5008 that list. >
5009
5010 " In perl.vim:
5011 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
5012 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
5013<
5014 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
5015 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
5016 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
5017 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
5018 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01005019 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
5020 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005021
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02005022 *E847*
5023The maximum number of includes is 999.
5024
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005025==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100502611. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005027
5028Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
5029make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
5030redrawing starts.
5031
5032:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
5033
5034There are four ways to synchronize:
50351. Always parse from the start of the file.
5036 |:syn-sync-first|
50372. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
5038 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
5039 |:syn-sync-second|
50403. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
5041 |:syn-sync-third|
50424. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
5043 |:syn-sync-fourth|
5044
5045 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
5046For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
5047limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
5048
5049If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
5050that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
5051lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
5052
5053If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
5054for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
5055adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
5056slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01005057 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005058<
5059 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
5060When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
5061cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
5062start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
5063the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
5064break use this: >
5065 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
5066The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
5067change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
5068value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
5069
5070
5071First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
5072>
5073 :syntax sync fromstart
5074
5075The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
5076accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
5077so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01005078when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005079case: to the end of the file).
5080
5081Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
5082
5083
5084Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
5085
5086For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
5087Example: >
5088 :syntax sync ccomment
5089
5090When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
5091comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
5092used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
5093An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
5094 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
5095This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
5096used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
5097region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
5098
5099The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
5100lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
5101lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
5102lines, but it hard to sync on).
5103
5104Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
5105that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
5106is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
5107chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
5108is hardly ever noticed.
5109
5110
5111Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
5112
5113For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
5114Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
5115means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
5116Example: >
5117 :syntax sync minlines=50
5118
5119"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
5120
5121
5122Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
5123
5124The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
5125sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
5126region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
5127starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
5128the search continues backwards in the file.
5129
5130This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
5131matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
5132- Keywords cannot be used.
5133- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
5134 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
5135- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
5136 forwards.
5137- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
5138 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
5139 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01005140 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005141- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
5142 group of continued lines).
5143- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
5144 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
5145 line (or group of continued lines).
5146- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
5147 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
Jon Parise947f7522024-08-03 17:40:58 +02005148 This is used when a line can contain both the start and the end of a region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005149 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5150
5151There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
51521. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5153 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5154 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5155 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
51562. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5157 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5158 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5159 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5160Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5161
5162Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5163avoid finding unwanted matches.
5164
5165[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5166search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5167highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5168faster.]
5169
5170 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5171 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5172
5173 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5174 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5175 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5176 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5177 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5178
5179 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5180 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5181
5182 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5183 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5184 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5185 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5186 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5187 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5188 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5189 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5190 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5191 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5192
5193 :syntax sync match ..
5194 :syntax sync region ..
5195
5196 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5197 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5198
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005199 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005200 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5201
5202 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5203 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5204 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5205
5206If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5207searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5208few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5209 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5210
5211You can clear all sync settings with: >
5212 :syntax sync clear
5213
5214You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5215 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5216
5217==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100521812. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005219
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005220This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005221
5222 :sy[ntax] [list]
5223
5224To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5225
5226 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5227
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005228To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005229
5230 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5231
5232See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5233
5234Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5235is mostly used, because it looks better.
5236
5237==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100523813. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005239
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005240In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005241and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5242of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005243
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005244 colorscheme pablo
5245<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005246 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005247:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5248 This is basically the same as >
5249 :echo g:colors_name
5250< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
5251 output "default". When compiled without the |+eval|
5252 feature it will output "unknown".
5253
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005254:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005255 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005256 is found is loaded.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005257 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5258 "start" and then under "opt".
5259
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005260 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005261 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005262
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005263You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5264appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5265the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5266darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005267
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005268 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5269 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005270<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005271For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5272use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5273the original color scheme: >
5274 runtime colors/evening.vim
5275 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005276
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005277Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5278(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5279autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5280|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5281
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005282 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005283If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5284using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5285color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5286 augroup my_colorschemes
5287 au!
5288 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5289 augroup END
5290
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005291Change a couple more colors: >
5292 augroup my_colorschemes
5293 au!
5294 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005295 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005296 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5297 augroup END
5298
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005299If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5300colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5301 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5302 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5303
5304With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5305different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5306group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5307you can find them here:
5308https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5309
5310For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5311 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5312
5313
5314==============================================================================
531514. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5316
5317There are three types of highlight groups:
5318- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5319 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5320 linked to a group of the second type.
5321- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5322- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5323 *hitest.vim*
5324You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5325 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5326This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5327in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005328
5329:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5330 attributes set.
5331
5332:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5333 List one highlight group.
5334
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005335 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005336:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005337 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005338 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5339 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005340 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005341
5342:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5343:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5344 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5345 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5346
5347:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5348 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005349 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005350 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005351 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005352 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5353 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5354 argument.
5355
5356Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5357default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5358highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5359values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5360the default value.
5361
5362A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5363a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5364
5365 :hi Comment gui=bold
5366
5367Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5368specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5369result is like this single command has been used: >
5370 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5371<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005372 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005373When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5374also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5375 :verbose hi Comment
5376< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005377 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005378
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005379When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5380mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005381
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005382 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5383There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5384term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005385cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005386 termcap entry)
5387gui the GUI
5388
5389For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5390the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5391
53921. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5393
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005394 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005395 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5396 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5397 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005398term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005399 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005400 following items (in any order):
5401 bold
5402 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005403 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005404 underdouble not always available
5405 underdotted not always available
5406 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005407 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005408 reverse
5409 inverse same as reverse
5410 italic
5411 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005412 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005413 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5414
5415 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5416 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005417 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005418 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005419 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005420 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5421 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5422 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5423 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5424 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5425
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005426< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5427 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5428 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5429 have to specify the codes like this: >
5430 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5431 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5432 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5433< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5434 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5435 fallback.
5436
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005437
5438start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5439stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5440 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5441 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5442
5443 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5444 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5445 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5446 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5447 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5448 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5449 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5450
5451 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5452
5453 1. A string with escape sequences.
5454 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5455 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5456 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5457 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5458
5459 2. A list of terminal codes.
5460 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5461 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5462 White space is not allowed. Example:
5463 start=t_C1,t_BL
5464 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5465
5466
54672. highlight arguments for color terminals
5468
5469cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5470 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5471 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5472 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5473 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005474 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5475 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5476 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005477
5478ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5479ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005480ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5481 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5482 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5483
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005484 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5485 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5486 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5487 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5488 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5489 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5490
5491 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5492 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5493 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5494 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5495 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005496 *tmux*
5497 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5498 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005499 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5500 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005501< More info at:
5502 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5503 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005504
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005505 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5506 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5507 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005508 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5509 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5510
5511 *cterm-colors*
5512 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5513 0 0 Black
5514 1 4 DarkBlue
5515 2 2 DarkGreen
5516 3 6 DarkCyan
5517 4 1 DarkRed
5518 5 5 DarkMagenta
5519 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5520 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5521 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5522 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5523 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5524 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5525 12 1* Red, LightRed
5526 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5527 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5528 15 7* White
5529
5530 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5531 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5532 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5533 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5534 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5535 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5536 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5537 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5538 a number instead of a color name.
5539
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005540 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5541 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005542 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005543 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5544 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005545
5546 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5547 colors!
5548
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005549 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5550
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005551 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5552 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5553 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5554 Example: >
5555 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5556< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005557 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5558 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5559 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5560 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5561 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005562 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005563 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005564 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005565
5566 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5567 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5568 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5569 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005570 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5571 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5572 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5573 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5574 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005575 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5576< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005577 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005578 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5579
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005580ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5581 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5582 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5583 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5584 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5585 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5586 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5587 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005588
55893. highlight arguments for the GUI
5590
5591gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5592 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5593 See |attr-list| for a description.
5594 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5595 have the same effect.
5596 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5597
5598font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5599 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5600 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5601 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5602<
5603 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5604 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5605 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5606 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005607 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005608 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5609 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5610 changed.
5611 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5612 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5613 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005614 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5615 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5616 Example: >
5617 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005618
5619guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5620guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005621guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5622 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005623 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5624 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005625 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005626 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005627 bg use normal background color
5628 background use normal background color
5629 fg use normal foreground color
5630 foreground use normal foreground color
5631 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5632 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5633 Example: >
5634 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5635<
5636 *gui-colors*
5637 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5638 Red LightRed DarkRed
5639 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5640 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5641 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5642 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5643 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5644 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5645 Black White
5646 Orange Purple Violet
5647
5648 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5649 |win32-colors|.
5650
5651 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5652 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5653 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005654 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005655 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005656 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005657 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005658<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005659 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005660 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in |v:colornames|.
5661 For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005662
5663 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5664 # override it.
5665 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5666 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5667<
5668 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5669 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5670 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5671 scheme: >
5672
5673 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5674 colorscheme alt
5675<
5676 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5677 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5678 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5679 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5680 by a color scheme using: >
5681
5682 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5683 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5684<
5685
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005686 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5687These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5688'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5689of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5690command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005691When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5692unreadable use Visual selection.
5693
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005694 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005695ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005696 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005697Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5698 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005699 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005700Cursor Character under the cursor.
5701lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5702 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005703 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005704CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005705 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005706CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005707 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005708CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005709 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005710Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005711 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005712DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005713 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005714DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005715 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005716DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005717 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005718DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005719 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005720EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005721 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005722 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005723ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005724 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005725VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005726 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005727Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005728 *hl-FoldColumn*
5729FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5730 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005731SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005732 *hl-IncSearch*
5733IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005734 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005735 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005736LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005737 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005738 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5739LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5740 option is set, above the cursor line.
5741 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5742LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5743 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005744 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005745CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5746 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005747 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5748CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005749 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5750CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005751 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005752MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005753 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005754 *hl-MessageWindow*
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00005755MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. If not defined
5756 |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005757 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005758ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005759 *hl-MsgArea*
5760MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5761 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005762 *hl-MoreMsg*
5763MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5764 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005765NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5766 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5767 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5768 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5769 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005770 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005771Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005772 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005773Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005774 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005775PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005776 *hl-PmenuKind*
5777PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5778 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5779PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5780 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5781PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5782 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5783PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005784 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005785PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005786 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5787PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005788 *hl-PmenuMatch*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005789PmenuMatch Popup menu: Matched text in normal item.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005790 *hl-PmenuMatchSel*
h-east84ac2122024-06-17 18:12:30 +02005791PmenuMatchSel Popup menu: Matched text in selected item.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005792 *hl-PopupNotification*
5793PopupNotification
5794 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. If not
5795 defined |hl-WarningMsg| is used.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005796 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005797Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005798 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5799QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005800 *hl-Search*
5801Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005802 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005803 *hl-CurSearch*
5804CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005805 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5806 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005807 *hl-SpecialKey*
5808SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5809 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005810 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005811 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005812 *hl-SpellBad*
5813SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5814 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005815 *hl-SpellCap*
5816SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5817 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005818 *hl-SpellLocal*
5819SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5820 used in another region. |spell|
5821 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5822 *hl-SpellRare*
5823SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5824 hardly ever used. |spell|
5825 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005826 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005827StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005828 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5829StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005830 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005831 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005832 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005833StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005834 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005835StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5836 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005837 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005838TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005839 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005840TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005841 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005842TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005843 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005844Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005845 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005846Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005847 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005848Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005849 *hl-VisualNOS*
5850VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5851 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5852 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005853WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005854 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005855WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005856
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005857 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005858The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005859statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005860
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005861For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005862scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
5863Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
5864and guifg.
5865
5866 *hl-Menu*
5867Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
5868 Also used for the toolbar.
5869 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5870
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005871 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005872 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5873 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5874 set.
5875
5876 *hl-Scrollbar*
5877Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
5878 scrollbars.
5879 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
5880
5881 *hl-Tooltip*
5882Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
5883 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
5884
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005885 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005886 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
5887 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
5888 set.
5889
5890==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100589115. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005892
5893When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
5894can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
5895group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
5896
5897To set a link:
5898
5899 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5900
5901To remove a link:
5902
5903 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5904
5905Notes: *E414*
5906- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
5907 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
5908- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
5909 removed.
5910- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
5911 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
5912 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
5913 links for groups that already have settings.
5914
5915 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
5916The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
5917group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
5918will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
5919
5920Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
5921specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
5922 :highlight default link cComment Comment
5923If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
5924 :highlight link cComment Question
5925Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
5926overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
5927
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01005928To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
5929highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
5930another color scheme, put a command like this in the
5931"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
5932 highlight! default link cComment Question
5933
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005934==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100593516. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005936
5937If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
5938command: >
5939 :syntax clear
5940
5941This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
5942or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
5943in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
5944load the syntax file.
5945The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
5946loaded after this command.
5947
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02005948To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
5949 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
5950This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
5951
5952To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
5953 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
5954This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
5955
5956 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005957If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
5958the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
5959 :syntax off
5960
5961What this command actually does, is executing the command >
5962 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
5963See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
5964$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
5965
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005966 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
5967If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
5968defaults back: >
5969
5970 :syntax reset
5971
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02005972It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
5973affects the highlighting.
5974
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005975This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
5976
5977Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
5978back to their Vim default.
5979Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
5980scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
5981
5982What this actually does is: >
5983
5984 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
5985 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
5986
5987Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
5988
5989 *syncolor*
5990If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
5991script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
5992'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
5993the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
5994reset" command.
5995
5996For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
5997
5998 if &background == "light"
5999 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
6000 else
6001 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
6002 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006003<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00006004 *E679*
6005Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
6006'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
6007endless loop.
6008
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006009Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
6010your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
6011depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
6012
6013 *syntax_cmd*
6014The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
6015syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006016 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006017 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006018 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
6019 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
6020 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006021 the colors.
6022 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
6023 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
6024 them.
6025
6026==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100602717. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006028
6029If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
6030mappings.
6031
6032 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
6033 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
6034>
6035 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
6036 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
6037
6038WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
6039memory Vim will consume.
6040
6041Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006042must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
6043at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006044
6045Put these lines in your Makefile:
6046
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006047# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006048types: types.vim
6049types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006050 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006051 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
6052 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
6053
6054And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
6055
6056 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006057 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006058 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006059 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006060 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
6061
6062==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100606318. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006064
6065Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
6066possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
6067private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
6068with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
6069highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
6070italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
6071
6072To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
6073windows on the buffer: >
6074 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006075< *w:current_syntax*
6076This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
6077"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
6078restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
6079"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
6080"w:current_syntax".
Bram Moolenaared32d942014-12-06 23:33:00 +01006081Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck' and 'spellfile' options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006082
6083Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006084on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02006085syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006086same buffer.
6087
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006088A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
6089is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
6090When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006091
6092==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100609319. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006094
6095Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
6096default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
6097 :if &term =~ "xterm"
6098 : if has("terminfo")
6099 : set t_Co=8
6100 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
6101 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
6102 : else
6103 : set t_Co=8
6104 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6105 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6106 : endif
6107 :endif
6108< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6109
6110You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
6111e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
6112
6113Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
6114be wrong.
6115 *xiterm* *rxvt*
6116The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
6117But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
6118 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
6119 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
6120<
6121 *colortest.vim*
6122To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00006123To use it, execute this command: >
6124 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006125
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006126Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006127output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
6128at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
6129colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
6130
6131 *xfree-xterm*
6132To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006133included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006134at: >
6135 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
6136Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
6137termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
6138supports. >
6139 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
6140If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
6141(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
6142
6143This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
6144 :if has("terminfo")
6145 : set t_Co=16
6146 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
6147 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
6148 :else
6149 : set t_Co=16
6150 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6151 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6152 :endif
6153< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6154
6155Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6156translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6157Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6158
6159For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6160
6161 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6162 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6163
6164Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6165and try if that works.
6166
6167You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6168 XTerm*color0: #000000
6169 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6170 XTerm*color2: #008000
6171 XTerm*color3: #808000
6172 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6173 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6174 XTerm*color6: #008080
6175 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6176 XTerm*color8: #808080
6177 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6178 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6179 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6180 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6181 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6182 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6183 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6184 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6185
6186[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6187cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006188newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006189
6190To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6191Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6192 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6193<
6194 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6195To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6196Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6197these resources:
6198 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6199 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6200 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6201 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6202
6203 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006204These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006205foreground colors: >
6206 :if has("terminfo")
6207 : set t_Co=8
6208 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6209 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6210 :else
6211 : set t_Co=8
6212 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6213 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6214 :endif
6215< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6216
6217 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6218These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6219emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6220bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6221 :set t_Co=16
6222 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6223 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6224<
6225 *TTpro-telnet*
6226These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6227open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6228 set t_Co=16
6229 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6230 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6231Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6232that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6233(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6234
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006235
6236==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100623720. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006238
6239This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6240
6241If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6242faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6243as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6244
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006245Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006246You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6247
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006248To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6249sequence: >
6250 :syntime on
6251 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6252 :syntime report
6253
6254This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6255it took to match them against the text.
6256
6257:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6258 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6259 matching.
6260
6261:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6262
6263:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6264
6265:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6266 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6267 the output.
6268
6269 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6270 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6271 matching this pattern.
6272 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6273 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6274 matched
6275 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6276 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6277 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6278 this is not unique.
6279 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6280
6281Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6282include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6283pattern does NOT match.
6284
6285When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6286all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6287literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6288
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006289"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006290 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006291"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006292
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006293
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006294 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: